blob: bba169938b5865dfed1e8b29c202a50f2ffd4441 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000044 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000045 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
46 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000047 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000050 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
51 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000052 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000055 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000056}
57
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000058ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000059 if (FreeMemory) {
60 // Deallocate all the types.
61 while (!Types.empty()) {
62 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
63 Types.pop_back();
64 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000065
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000066 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
67 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
68 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000069 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000070 }
71 }
72
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000073 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
74 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
75 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
76 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
77 delete R;
78 }
79
80 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
81 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
83 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000086 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000092 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000095 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
274 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
275 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
277 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
279 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
280}
281
282UsingShadowDecl *
283ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
287 return 0;
288
289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void
293ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
294 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
295 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
296 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000297}
298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
300 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
301 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
302 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
303 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000305 return Pos->second;
306}
307
308void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
309 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
310 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
311 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
312 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
313 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
316}
317
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000318namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000320 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
321 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 public:
324 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
327 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
328 }
329 };
330}
331
332/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
333///
334/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
335///
336/// \param End the end of the comment text.
337///
338/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
339/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
340/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000341static bool
342isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000343 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
346 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
347 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000348
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000349 if (End - Start < 4)
350 return false;
351
352 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
353 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
354 return false;
355 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
356 return false;
357
358 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
359}
360
361/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000363const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
364 if (!D)
365 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000366
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000367 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
368 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000369 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000370 = DeclComments.find(D);
371 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
372 return Pos->second.c_str();
373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000375 // that source, do so now.
376 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
377 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
378 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000380 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
381 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
382 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 LoadedExternalComments = true;
385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
387 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 if (Comments.empty())
389 return 0;
390
391 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
392 // can't find the comment.
393 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
394 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
395 return 0;
396
397 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
398 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
401 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
404 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000406 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000408 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
411 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
412 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
413 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
416 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
417 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000419 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
420 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
421 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
422 // is the comment we want.
423 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
425 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
427 return Result.c_str();
428 }
429 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000431 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
432 return 0;
433 --LastComment;
434
435 // Decompose the end of the comment.
436 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
437 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
440 // aren't related.
441 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
442 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000444 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
445 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
446 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000448 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
449 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
452 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000456 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
457 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
458 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
459 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000461 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
462 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
463 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000465 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
466 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
467 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
468 // Look at the previous comment
469 --FirstComment;
470 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
471 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
474 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
475 ++FirstComment;
476 break;
477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000479 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
480 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
481 ++FirstComment;
482 break;
483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000485 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
486 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
487 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
488 ++FirstComment;
489 break;
490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000492 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000494 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000497 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
498 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
499 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
500 // all of these comments.
501 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
502 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
503 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
504 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
505 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
506 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
507 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
508 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
509 ++FirstComment;
510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000512 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
514 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000515 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
516 return Result.c_str();
517}
518
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
520// Type Sizing and Analysis
521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000522
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000523/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
524/// scalar floating point type.
525const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000526 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000527 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
528 switch (BT->getKind()) {
529 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
530 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
531 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
532 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
533 }
534}
535
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000536/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000537/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
538/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000539/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
540/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
541unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
543
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000544 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000545 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000546
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000547 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
548 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000549 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000550 if (RefAsPointee)
551 T = RT->getPointeeType();
552 else
553 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
554 }
555 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000556 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000557 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
558 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
559
560 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
561 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000562 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000563
564 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000566
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000567/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
568/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569///
570/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
571/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
572/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000573std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000574ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000575 uint64_t Width=0;
576 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000577 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000578#define TYPE(Class, Base)
579#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000580#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
582#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000584 break;
585
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000586 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
587 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000588 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
589 Width = 0;
590 Align = 32;
591 break;
592
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000593 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000594 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000595 Width = 0;
596 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
597 break;
598
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000599 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000600 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000602 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000603 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000604 Align = EltInfo.second;
605 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000606 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000607 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000608 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000609 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
611 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000612 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000613 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
614 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000615 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
616 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
617 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
618 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000619 break;
620 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000621
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000622 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000623 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000626 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
627 Width = 0;
628 Align = 8;
629 break;
630
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
633 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
636 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
637 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
640 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000642 case BuiltinType::WChar:
643 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
644 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
645 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000646 case BuiltinType::Char16:
647 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
648 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
649 break;
650 case BuiltinType::Char32:
651 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
652 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
653 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000654 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
657 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
662 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000664 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
667 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000669 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000671 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
672 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000674 case BuiltinType::Int128:
675 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
676 Width = 128;
677 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
678 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000679 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000680 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
681 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000682 break;
683 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
685 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
687 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
689 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000691 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000695 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000696 break;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000697 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
698 // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend
699 // on the available types for the target
700 Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth();
Chris Lattner736166b2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000701 Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8);
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000702 Align = Width;
703 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000704 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000705 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000706 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000707 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000708 case Type::BlockPointer: {
709 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
710 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
711 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
712 break;
713 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000714 case Type::LValueReference:
715 case Type::RValueReference: {
716 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
717 // the pointer route.
718 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
719 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
720 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
721 break;
722 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000723 case Type::Pointer: {
724 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000725 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000726 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
727 break;
728 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000729 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000730 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000732 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
733 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000734 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
735 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000736 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
737 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000738 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000739 case Type::Complex: {
740 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
741 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000742 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000743 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000744 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000745 Align = EltInfo.second;
746 break;
747 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000748 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000749 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000750 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
751 Width = Layout.getSize();
752 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
753 break;
754 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000755 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000756 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000757 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
758
759 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000760 Width = 1;
761 Align = 1;
762 break;
763 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000764
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000765 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000766 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
767
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000768 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000769 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
770 Width = Layout.getSize();
771 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000772 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000773 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000774
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000775 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000776 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
777 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000778
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000779 case Type::Elaborated:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
781 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000782
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000783 case Type::Typedef: {
784 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000785 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000786 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
787 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000788 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
789 } else
790 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000791 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000792 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000793
794 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
795 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
796 .getTypePtr());
797
798 case Type::TypeOf:
799 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
800
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000801 case Type::Decltype:
802 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
803 .getTypePtr());
804
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000805 case Type::QualifiedName:
806 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000808 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000810 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
811 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
812 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
813 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
814 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
815 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000816
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000817 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000818 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000819}
820
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000821/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
822/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
823CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
824 return CharUnits::fromRaw(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
825}
826CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
827 return CharUnits::fromRaw(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
828}
829
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000830/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
831/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
832/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
833/// a data type.
834unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
835 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000836
837 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000838 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000839 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
840 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
841 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
842 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
843
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000844 return ABIAlign;
845}
846
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000847static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
848 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
849 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000850 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
851 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000852 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000853 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
854 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
855 }
856}
857
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000858void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
859 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
860 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
861 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
862 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
863}
864
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000865/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
866/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
867///
868void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
869 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
870 bool CollectSynthesized) {
871 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
872 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
873 Ivars.push_back(*I);
874 }
875 if (CollectSynthesized)
876 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
877}
878
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000879void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
880 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000881 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
882 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000883 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
884 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000885
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000886 // Also look into nested protocols.
887 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
888 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
889 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
890}
891
892/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
893/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
894///
895void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
896 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000897 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
898 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000899 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
900 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
901 }
902 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
903 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
904 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
905 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
906 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
907 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
908 }
909}
910
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000911/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
912/// those inherited by it.
913void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
914 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
915 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
916 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
917 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
918 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
919 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
920 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
921 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
922 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
923 }
924
925 // Categories of this Interface.
926 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
927 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
928 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
929 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
930 while (SD) {
931 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
932 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
933 }
934 return;
935 }
936 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
937 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
938 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
939 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
940 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
941 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
942 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
943 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
944 }
945 return;
946 }
947 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
948 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
949 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
950 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
951 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
952 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
953 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
954 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
955 }
956 return;
957 }
958}
959
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000960unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
961 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000962 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
963 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000964 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
965 ++count;
966
967 // Also look into nested protocols.
968 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
969 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
970 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
971 return count;
972}
973
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000975 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000976 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
977 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000978 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
979 ++count;
980 }
981 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
982 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
983 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
984 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
985 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
986 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
987 }
988 return count;
989}
990
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000991/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
992ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
993 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
994 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
995 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
996 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
997 return 0;
998}
999/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1000ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1001 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1002 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1003 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1004 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1005 return 0;
1006}
1007
1008/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1009void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1010 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1011 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1012 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1013}
1014/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1015void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1016 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1017 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1018 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1019}
1020
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001021/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001022///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001023/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001024/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1025///
1026/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1027/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1028/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001029TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001030 unsigned DataSize) {
1031 if (!DataSize)
1032 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1033 else
1034 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001035 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001036
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001037 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1038 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1039 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1040 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001041}
1042
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001043TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001044 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001045 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001046 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1047 return DI;
1048}
1049
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001050/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1051/// layout of the given interface.
1052///
1053/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1054/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001055const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001056ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1057 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001058 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1059
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001060 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001061 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001062 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1063 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1064 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001065
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001066 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1067 if (Impl) {
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001068 unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size();
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001069 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
1070 FieldCount += SynthCount;
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001071 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001072 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1073 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1074 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001075 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001076 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1077 }
1078
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001079 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001080 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1081 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001083 return *NewEntry;
1084}
1085
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001086const ASTRecordLayout &
1087ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1088 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1089}
1090
1091const ASTRecordLayout &
1092ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1093 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1094}
1095
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001096/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001097/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1098/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001099const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001100 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1101 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001102
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001103 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001104 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1105 // is recursive.
1106 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001107 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001108
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001110 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001111 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001113 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001114}
1115
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001116const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
1117 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition(*this));
1118 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1119
1120 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1121 if (!Entry)
1122 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1123 else
1124 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1125 "Key function changed!");
1126
1127 return Entry;
1128}
1129
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001130//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1131// Type creation/memoization methods
1132//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1133
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1135 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1136 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1137
1138 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1139 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1140 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1141 void *InsertPos = 0;
1142 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1143 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1144 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1145 return T;
1146 }
1147
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001148 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1150 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1151 return T;
1152}
1153
1154QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1155 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1156 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1157
1158 QualifierCollector Quals;
1159 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1160 Quals.addVolatile();
1161
1162 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1163}
1164
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001165QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001166 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1167 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001168 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001169
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001170 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1171 // into one ExtQuals node.
1172 QualifierCollector Quals;
1173 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001175 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1176 // another one.
1177 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1178 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1179 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001181 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001182}
1183
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001184QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001185 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001186 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001187 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001188 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001189
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001190 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001191 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001192 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001193 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1194 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1195 }
1196 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001197
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001198 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1199 // into one ExtQuals node.
1200 QualifierCollector Quals;
1201 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001202
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001203 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1204 // another one.
1205 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1206 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1207 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001209 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001210}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001211
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001212QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001213 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001214 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1215 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
1216 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee, AddNoReturn);
1217 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1218 return T;
1219
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001220 ResultType = getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001221 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1222 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1223 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
1224 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee, AddNoReturn);
1225 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1226 return T;
1227
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001228 ResultType = getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001229 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
1230 if (F->getNoReturnAttr() == AddNoReturn)
1231 return T;
1232
1233 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
1234 ResultType = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), AddNoReturn);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001235 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001236 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001237 ResultType
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001238 = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1239 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1240 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1241 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(), FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1242 FPT->getNumExceptions(), FPT->exception_begin(),
1243 AddNoReturn);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001244 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001245 } else
1246 return T;
1247
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001248 return getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001249}
1250
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1252/// number with the specified element type.
1253QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1254 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1255 // structure.
1256 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1257 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 void *InsertPos = 0;
1260 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1261 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001262
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001263 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1264 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1265 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001266 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001267 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001268
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001269 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1270 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001271 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001272 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001273 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274 Types.push_back(New);
1275 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1276 return QualType(New, 0);
1277}
1278
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00001279QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) {
1280 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ?
1281 SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes;
1282 FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width];
1283 if (!Entry)
1284 Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed);
1285 return QualType(Entry, 0);
1286}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287
1288/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1289/// the specified type.
1290QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1291 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1292 // structure.
1293 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1294 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001296 void *InsertPos = 0;
1297 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1298 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001300 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1301 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1302 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001303 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001304 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1307 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001308 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001310 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001311 Types.push_back(New);
1312 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1313 return QualType(New, 0);
1314}
1315
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001317/// a pointer to the specified block.
1318QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001319 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1320 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001321 // structure.
1322 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1323 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001324
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001325 void *InsertPos = 0;
1326 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1327 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1328 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
1330 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1332 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001333 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001334 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001336 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1337 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1338 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001339 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001341 BlockPointerType *New
1342 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001343 Types.push_back(New);
1344 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1345 return QualType(New, 0);
1346}
1347
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1349/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001350QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001351 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1352 // structure.
1353 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001354 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001355
1356 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001357 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1358 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001359 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001360
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001361 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1362
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1364 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1365 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001366 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1367 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1368 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001369
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001370 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001371 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1372 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001373 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001374 }
1375
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001376 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001377 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1378 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001379 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001380 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001381
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001382 return QualType(New, 0);
1383}
1384
1385/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1386/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1387QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1388 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1389 // structure.
1390 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001391 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001392
1393 void *InsertPos = 0;
1394 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1395 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1396 return QualType(RT, 0);
1397
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001398 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1399
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001400 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1401 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1402 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001403 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1404 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1405 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001406
1407 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1408 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1409 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1410 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1411 }
1412
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001413 RValueReferenceType *New
1414 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001415 Types.push_back(New);
1416 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001417 return QualType(New, 0);
1418}
1419
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001420/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1421/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001423 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1424 // structure.
1425 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1426 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1427
1428 void *InsertPos = 0;
1429 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1430 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1431 return QualType(PT, 0);
1432
1433 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1434 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1435 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001436 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001437 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1438
1439 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1440 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1441 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1442 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1443 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001444 MemberPointerType *New
1445 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001446 Types.push_back(New);
1447 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1448 return QualType(New, 0);
1449}
1450
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001452/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001453QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001454 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001455 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1456 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001457 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1458 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001459 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1460
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001461 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1462 // the target.
1463 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1464 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001465
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001466 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001467 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001469 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001470 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001471 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001473
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1475 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1476 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001477 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001478 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001479 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001480 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001481 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001482 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001483 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001485
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001486 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1487 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001488 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001489 Types.push_back(New);
1490 return QualType(New, 0);
1491}
1492
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001493/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1494/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001495QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1496 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001497 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001498 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1499 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001500 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1501 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1502
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001503 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1504 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001505
1506 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1507 Types.push_back(New);
1508 return QualType(New, 0);
1509}
1510
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001511/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1512/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001513/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001514QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1515 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001516 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001517 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1518 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001519 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1520 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001521 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1522
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001523 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001524 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
1525
1526 if (NumElts) {
1527 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1528 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1529 // initializer.
1530 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1531 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1532 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1533
1534 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1535 }
1536
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001537 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1538 if (Canon) {
1539 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1540 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001541 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1542 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1543 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001544 } else {
1545 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1546 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001547 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1548 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1549 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001550
1551 if (NumElts)
1552 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001553 } else {
1554 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1555 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1556 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001557 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1558 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1559 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001560 }
1561 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001562
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001563 Types.push_back(New);
1564 return QualType(New, 0);
1565}
1566
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001567QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1568 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1569 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1570 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001571 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001572
1573 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001574 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001575 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1576 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1577
1578 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1579 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1580 QualType Canonical;
1581
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001582 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001583 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001584 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001585
1586 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1587 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1588 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001589 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001590 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001591
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001592 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1593 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001594
1595 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1596 Types.push_back(New);
1597 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001598}
1599
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001600/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1601/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1602QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001603 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001604
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001605 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001606 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001608 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1609 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001611 void *InsertPos = 0;
1612 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1613 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1614
1615 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1616 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1617 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001618 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001619 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001620
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001621 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1622 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001623 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001624 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001625 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1626 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1628 Types.push_back(New);
1629 return QualType(New, 0);
1630}
1631
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001632/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001633/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001634QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001635 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001636
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001637 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001638 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1641 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001642 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001643 void *InsertPos = 0;
1644 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1645 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1646
1647 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1648 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1649 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001650 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001651 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001652
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001653 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1654 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001655 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001656 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001657 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1658 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1660 Types.push_back(New);
1661 return QualType(New, 0);
1662}
1663
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001665 Expr *SizeExpr,
1666 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001667 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001668 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001669 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001671 void *InsertPos = 0;
1672 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1673 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1674 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1675 if (Canon) {
1676 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1677 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001678 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1679 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1680 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001681 } else {
1682 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1683 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1686 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001687 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1688 } else {
1689 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1690 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001691 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1692 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001693 }
1694 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001695
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001696 Types.push_back(New);
1697 return QualType(New, 0);
1698}
1699
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001700/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001701///
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001702QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001703 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1704 // structure.
1705 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001706 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001707
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001708 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001709 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001710 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001711 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001712
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001713 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001714 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001715 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001716
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001717 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001718 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1719 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001720 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001721 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001723 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1724 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001725 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001726 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 return QualType(New, 0);
1728}
1729
1730/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1731/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001732QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001733 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001734 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1735 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001736 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1738 // structure.
1739 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001740 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001741 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001742 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001743
1744 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001745 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001746 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001747 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001748
1749 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001750 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001751 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001752 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001753 isCanonical = false;
1754
1755 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001756 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001757 QualType Canonical;
1758 if (!isCanonical) {
1759 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1760 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1761 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001762 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001763
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001764 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001765 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001766 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
1767 false, 0, 0, NoReturn);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001768
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001769 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001770 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1771 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001772 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001774
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001775 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001776 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1777 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001779 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1780 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001781 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001782 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001783 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001784 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001785 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001786 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001787 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1788}
1789
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001790/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1791/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001792QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001793 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001794 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001795
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001796 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001797 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001798 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1799 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001800 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1801 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001802 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001803
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001804 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001805 if (PrevDecl)
1806 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001807 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001808 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001809 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001810 if (PrevDecl)
1811 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001812 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001813 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001814 } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
1815 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1816 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001817 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001818 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001819
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001820 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001821 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001822}
1823
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001824/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1825/// specified typename decl.
1826QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1827 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001828
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001829 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001830 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1831 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001832 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1833 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1834}
1835
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001836/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1837QualType
1838ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1839 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001840 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001841 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1842
1843 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1844 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1845 void *InsertPos = 0;
1846 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1847 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1848
1849 if (!SubstParm) {
1850 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1851 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1852 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1853 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1854 }
1855
1856 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1857}
1858
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001859/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001860/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001861/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001863 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001864 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1865 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001866 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001867 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001868 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001869 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1870
1871 if (TypeParm)
1872 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001873
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001874 if (Name) {
1875 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001876 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1877 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001878 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001879 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1880 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001881
1882 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1883 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1884
1885 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1886}
1887
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001888QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001889ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001890 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001891 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001892 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1893
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001894 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1895 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1896 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1897 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1898
1899 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1900}
1901
1902QualType
1903ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001904 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1905 unsigned NumArgs,
1906 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001907 if (!Canon.isNull())
1908 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1909 else {
1910 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001911 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1912 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1913 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1914 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1915 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1916
1917 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1918 // exists.
1919 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001920 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001921 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001922
1923 void *InsertPos = 0;
1924 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1925 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001926
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001927 if (!Spec) {
1928 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001930 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001931 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001933 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001934 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001935 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001936 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001937 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001939 if (Canon.isNull())
1940 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001941 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001942 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001943 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001944
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001945 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1946 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1947 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001949 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001950 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001951 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1952 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001953 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001955 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001957}
1958
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001960ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001961 QualType NamedType) {
1962 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001963 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001964
1965 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001967 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1968 if (T)
1969 return QualType(T, 0);
1970
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001972 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001973 Types.push_back(T);
1974 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1975 return QualType(T, 0);
1976}
1977
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001978QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001979 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1980 QualType Canon) {
1981 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1982
1983 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1984 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1985 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1986 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1987 }
1988
1989 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1990 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1991
1992 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001993 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001994 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1995 if (T)
1996 return QualType(T, 0);
1997
1998 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
1999 Types.push_back(T);
2000 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002001 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002002}
2003
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004QualType
2005ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002006 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
2007 QualType Canon) {
2008 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2009
2010 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2011 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2012 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
2013 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
2014 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002015 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002016 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
2017 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
2018 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
2019 }
2020 }
2021
2022 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2023 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
2024
2025 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002027 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2028 if (T)
2029 return QualType(T, 0);
2030
2031 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
2032 Types.push_back(T);
2033 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002035}
2036
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002037QualType
2038ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2039 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2040 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2041 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002043 void *InsertPos = 0;
2044 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2045 if (T)
2046 return QualType(T, 0);
2047
2048 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
2049
2050 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2051 Types.push_back(T);
2052 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2053 return QualType(T, 0);
2054}
2055
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002056/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2057/// alphabetically.
2058static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2059 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002060 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002061}
2062
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002063static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2064 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2065 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2066
2067 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2068 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2069 return false;
2070 return true;
2071}
2072
2073static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002074 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2075 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002076
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002077 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2078 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2079
2080 // Remove duplicates.
2081 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2082 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2083}
2084
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002085/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2086/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002087QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002089 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002090 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002091 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002092
2093 void *InsertPos = 0;
2094 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2095 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2096 return QualType(QT, 0);
2097
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002098 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2099 QualType Canonical;
2100 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2101 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2102 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2103 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2104 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2105
2106 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2107 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2108
2109 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2110 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2111 } else {
2112 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2113 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2114 }
2115
2116 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2117 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2118 }
2119
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002120 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002121 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002122 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002123
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002124 Types.push_back(QType);
2125 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2126 return QualType(QType, 0);
2127}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002128
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002129/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2130/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2131QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002132 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002133 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002134 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002136 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002137 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2138 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002139 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002141 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2142 QualType Canonical;
2143 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2144 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2145 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2146
2147 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2148 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2149
2150 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2151
2152 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2153 }
2154
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002155 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002156 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002157 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002158
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002159 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002160 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002161 return QualType(QType, 0);
2162}
2163
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002164/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2165/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002166/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002167/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002168/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002169QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002170 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002171 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2172 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2173 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002175 void *InsertPos = 0;
2176 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2177 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2178 if (Canon) {
2179 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2180 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002181 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002182 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2183 }
2184 else {
2185 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002186 Canon
2187 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002188 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2189 toe = Canon;
2190 }
2191 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002192 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002193 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002194 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002195 Types.push_back(toe);
2196 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002197}
2198
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002199/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2200/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2201/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002202/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002203/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002204QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002205 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002206 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002207 Types.push_back(tot);
2208 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002209}
2210
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002211/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2212/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2213static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002214 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2215 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002217 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2218 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2219 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2220 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2221 return VD->getType();
2222 }
2223 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2224 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2225 return FD->getType();
2226 }
2227 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2228 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2229 // return type of that function.
2230 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2231 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002233 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
2235 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002236 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2237 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2238 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002239
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002240 return T;
2241}
2242
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002243/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2244/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2245/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002246/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002247/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2248QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002249 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002250 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2251 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2252 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002253
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002254 void *InsertPos = 0;
2255 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2256 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2257 if (Canon) {
2258 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2259 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002260 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002261 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2262 }
2263 else {
2264 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002265 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002266 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2267 dt = Canon;
2268 }
2269 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002270 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002271 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002272 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002273 Types.push_back(dt);
2274 return QualType(dt, 0);
2275}
2276
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002277/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2278/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002279QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002280 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002281 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2282 // away const? mutable?
2283 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002284}
2285
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2287/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2288/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002289CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002290 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002291}
2292
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002293/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2294/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2295QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2296 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2297 return WCharTy;
2298}
2299
2300/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2301/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2302QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2303 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2304 return UnsignedIntTy;
2305}
2306
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002307/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2308/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2309QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002310 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002311}
2312
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002313//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2314// Type Operators
2315//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2316
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002317CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2318 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2319 // qualifiers.
2320 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2321 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2322
2323 QualType Result;
2324 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2325 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2326 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2327 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2328 } else {
2329 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2330 }
2331
2332 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2333}
2334
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002335/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2336/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2337/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2338/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2339/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2340/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002341CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002342 QualifierCollector Quals;
2343 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2344 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002345
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002346 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2347 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2348
2349 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2350 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002351 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002352
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002353 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2354 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2355 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002356 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2357 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002358 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002359
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002360 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2361 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002362 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002363 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002365 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002366 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2367 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2368 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002369 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002370 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002371 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2372 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002373 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002375 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002376 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2377 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002378 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2379 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002380 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002381 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002382 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002383
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002384 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002385 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002386 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2387 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002388 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002389 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002390 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002391}
2392
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002393DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2394 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2395 return TD->getDeclName();
2396
2397 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2398 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2399 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2400 } else {
2401 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2402 }
2403 }
2404
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002405 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2406 assert(Storage);
2407 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002408}
2409
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002410TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2411 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2412 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2413 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002414 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002415
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002416 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002417
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002418 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2419 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2420 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2421}
2422
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002423bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2424 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2425 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2426 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2427}
2428
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002429TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002430ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2431 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2432 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2433 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002435 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002436 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002438 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002439 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002441 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2442 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2443
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002444 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002445 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002446 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002448 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002449 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002451 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2452 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2453 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2454 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002456 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2457 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2458 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002459
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002460 TemplateArgument Result;
2461 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2462 return Result;
2463 }
2464 }
2465
2466 // Silence GCC warning
2467 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2468 return TemplateArgument();
2469}
2470
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002471NestedNameSpecifier *
2472ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002474 return 0;
2475
2476 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2477 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2478 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002479 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002480 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2481 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2482
2483 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2484 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2485 // this namespace and no prefix.
2486 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2487
2488 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2489 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2490 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2492 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002493 T.getTypePtr());
2494 }
2495
2496 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2497 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2498 return NNS;
2499 }
2500
2501 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2502 return 0;
2503}
2504
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002505
2506const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2507 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002508 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002509 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2510 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2511 return AT;
2512 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002514 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002515 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002516 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002517 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002518
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002519 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002520 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2521 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002522
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002523 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2524 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002525 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002527 QualifierCollector Qs;
2528 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002529
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002530 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2531 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002532 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002533 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002534
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002535 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2536 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2537 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2538 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002539 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002540
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002541 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2542 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2543 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002544 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002545 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2546 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2547 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002548 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002549
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002551 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2552 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002553 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002554 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2555 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002556 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002557 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002558 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002560 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002561 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002562 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002563 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002564 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002565 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002566 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002567}
2568
2569
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002570/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2571/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2572/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2573/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2574///
2575/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2576QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002577 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2578 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2579 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2580 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2581 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2582 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002584 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002585
2586 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002587 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002588}
2589
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002590QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002591 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002592 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002593 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002594 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2595 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002596 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002597 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002598 }
2599 }
2600}
2601
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002602QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2603 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002604
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002605 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2606 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002608 return ElemTy;
2609}
2610
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002611/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002612uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002613ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2614 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2615 do {
2616 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2617 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2618 } while (CA);
2619 return ElementCount;
2620}
2621
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002622/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2623/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002624static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002625 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002626 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002627
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002628 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2629 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002630 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002631 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2632 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2633 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2634 }
2635}
2636
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2638/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002639/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2640/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002641QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2642 QualType Domain) const {
2643 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2644 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2645 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002646 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002647 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2648 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2649 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2650 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002651 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002652
2653 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2654 switch (EltRank) {
2655 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2656 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2657 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2658 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002659 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002660}
2661
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002662/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2663/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2664/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002665/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002666int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2667 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2668 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002669
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002670 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002671 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002672 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002673 return 1;
2674 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002675}
2676
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002677/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2678/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2679/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002680unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002681 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002682 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002683 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002684
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002685 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2686 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2687
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002688 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2689 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2690
2691 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2692 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2693
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002694 // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and
2695 // the ordering of builtins. The builtin ordering is encoded in the
2696 // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that.
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +00002697 if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T))
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002698 return FWIT->getWidth() << 3;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002699
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002700 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002701 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2702 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002703 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002704 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2705 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2706 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2707 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002708 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002709 case BuiltinType::Short:
2710 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002711 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002712 case BuiltinType::Int:
2713 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002714 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002715 case BuiltinType::Long:
2716 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002717 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002718 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2719 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002720 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002721 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2722 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2723 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002724 }
2725}
2726
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002727/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2728/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2729///
2730/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2731/// promotion occurs.
2732QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2733 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2734 if (!Field)
2735 return QualType();
2736
2737 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2738
2739 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2740 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2741 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2742 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2743 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2744 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2745 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2746 return IntTy;
2747
2748 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2749 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2750
2751 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2752 // like the base type.
2753 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2754 // is ridiculous.
2755 return QualType();
2756}
2757
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002758/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2759/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2760/// integer type.
2761QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2762 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2763 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002764 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2765 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002766 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2767 return IntTy;
2768 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2769 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2770 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2771 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2772}
2773
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002774/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002775/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002777int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002778 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2779 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002780 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002781
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002782 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2783 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002785 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2786 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002788 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2789 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2790 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2791 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002793 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2794 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2795 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2796 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2797 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002799 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2800 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002801 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002802 return -1;
2803 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002804
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002805 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2806 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2807 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002809 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2810 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002812 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002813}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002814
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002815static RecordDecl *
2816CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2817 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2818 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2819 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2820 else
2821 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2822}
2823
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002825QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2826 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002828 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2829 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2830
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002831 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002832
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002833 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002834 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002835 // int flags;
2836 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002837 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002838 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002839 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002840 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2841
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002842 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002843 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002845 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002846 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002847 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002848 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002849 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002850 }
2851
2852 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002853 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002854
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002855 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002856}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002857
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002858void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002859 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002860 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2861 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2862}
2863
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002865 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002866 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002867 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2868 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002869
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002870 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2871 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002872 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002873 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2874 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2875 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2876 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002877
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002878 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2880 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2881 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002882 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002884 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002885 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002886 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002888 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002889 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002890
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002891 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2892}
2893
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002894QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2895 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2896 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2897
2898 RecordDecl *T;
2899 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002900 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2901 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002902
2903 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2904 UnsignedLongTy,
2905 UnsignedLongTy,
2906 };
2907
2908 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2909 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002910 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002911 };
2912
2913 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2914 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2915 T,
2916 SourceLocation(),
2917 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002918 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002919 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2920 /*Mutable=*/false);
2921 T->addDecl(Field);
2922 }
2923
2924 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2925
2926 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2927
2928 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2929}
2930
2931void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2932 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2933 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2934 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2935}
2936
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002937QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2938 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2939 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2940
2941 RecordDecl *T;
2942 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002943 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2944 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002945
2946 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2947 UnsignedLongTy,
2948 UnsignedLongTy,
2949 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2950 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2951 };
2952
2953 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2954 "reserved",
2955 "Size",
2956 "CopyFuncPtr",
2957 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2958 };
2959
2960 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2961 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2962 T,
2963 SourceLocation(),
2964 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002965 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002966 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2967 /*Mutable=*/false);
2968 T->addDecl(Field);
2969 }
2970
2971 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2972
2973 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2974
2975 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2976}
2977
2978void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2979 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2980 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2981 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2982}
2983
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002984bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2985 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2986 return true;
2987 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2988 return true;
2989 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2990 return true;
2991 return false;
2992}
2993
2994QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2995 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002996 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002997 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002998 // unsigned int __flags;
2999 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003000 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3001 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003002 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003003 // } *
3004
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003005 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3006
3007 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003008 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003009 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3010 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3011 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003012 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003013 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3014 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003015 T->startDefinition();
3016 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3017 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3018 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3019 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3020 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3021 Int32Ty,
3022 Int32Ty,
3023 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3024 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3025 Ty
3026 };
3027
3028 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3029 "__isa",
3030 "__forwarding",
3031 "__flags",
3032 "__size",
3033 "__copy_helper",
3034 "__destroy_helper",
3035 DeclName,
3036 };
3037
3038 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3039 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3040 continue;
3041 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3042 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003043 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003044 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3045 T->addDecl(Field);
3046 }
3047
3048 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3049
3050 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003051}
3052
3053
3054QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003055 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003056 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003057 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003058 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003059 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3060 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3061 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003062 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003063 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3064 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003065 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3066 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3067 IntTy,
3068 IntTy,
3069 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003070 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3071 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3072 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003073 };
3074
3075 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3076 "__isa",
3077 "__flags",
3078 "__reserved",
3079 "__FuncPtr",
3080 "__descriptor"
3081 };
3082
3083 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003084 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003085 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003086 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003087 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3088 T->addDecl(Field);
3089 }
3090
3091 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3092 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3093 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3094 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3095 if (BDRE) {
3096 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3097 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3098 }
3099 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3100
3101 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003102 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3103 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003104
3105 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003106 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003107 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003108 T->addDecl(Field);
3109 }
3110
3111 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003112
3113 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003114}
3115
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003116void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003117 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003118 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3119 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3120}
3121
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003122// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3123// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003124static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003125 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003126 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3127 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003128
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003129 return false;
3130}
3131
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003132/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003133/// purpose.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003134int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003135 uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003136
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003137 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
3138 if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003139 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003140 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3141 else if (type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003142 sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
3143 return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003144}
3145
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003146/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3147/// declaration.
3148void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3149 std::string& S) {
3150 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3151 QualType BlockTy =
3152 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3153 // Encode result type.
3154 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3155 // Compute size of all parameters.
3156 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3157 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3158 SourceLocation Loc;
3159 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
3160 int ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3161 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3162 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3163 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3164 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3165 assert (sz > 0 && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
3166 ParmOffset += sz;
3167 }
3168 // Size of the argument frame
3169 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3170 // Block pointer and offset.
3171 S += "@?0";
3172 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3173
3174 // Argument types.
3175 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3176 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3177 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3178 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3179 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3180 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3181 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3182 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3183 // elements.
3184 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3185 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3186 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3187 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3188 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3189 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3190 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3191 }
3192}
3193
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003194/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003195/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003196void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003197 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003198 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003199 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003200 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003201 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003202 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003203 // Compute size of all parameters.
3204 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3205 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3206 SourceLocation Loc;
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003207 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003208 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3209 // their size.
3210 int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003211 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3212 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3213 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3214 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003215 assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003216 ParmOffset += sz;
3217 }
3218 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3219 S += "@0:";
3220 S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003221
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003222 // Argument types.
3223 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003224 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3225 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3226 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003228 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003229 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3230 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3231 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003232 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003233 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3234 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3235 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003236 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003237 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003238 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003239 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003240 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003241 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003242 }
3243}
3244
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003245/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003246/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003247/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3248/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3250/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3251/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3252/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3253/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003254/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3255/// @code
3256/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3257/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3258/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3259/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3260/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3261/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3262/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3263/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3264/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3265/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3266/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3267/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3268/// };
3269/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003271 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003272 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003273 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3274 bool Dynamic = false;
3275 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3276
3277 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3278 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003279 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003280 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3281 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003282 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003283 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003284 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3285 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3286 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3287 Dynamic = true;
3288 } else {
3289 SynthesizePID = PID;
3290 }
3291 }
3292 }
3293 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003294 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003295 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003296 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003297 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003298 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3299 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3300 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3301 Dynamic = true;
3302 } else {
3303 SynthesizePID = PID;
3304 }
3305 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003306 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003307 }
3308 }
3309
3310 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3311 S = "T";
3312
3313 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003314 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3315 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003317 true /* outermost type */,
3318 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003319
3320 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3321 S += ",R";
3322 } else {
3323 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3324 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3325 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003326 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003327 }
3328 }
3329
3330 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3331 // are "dynamic by default".
3332 if (Dynamic)
3333 S += ",D";
3334
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003335 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3336 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003337
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003338 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3339 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003340 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003341 }
3342
3343 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3344 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003345 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003346 }
3347
3348 if (SynthesizePID) {
3349 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3350 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003351 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003352 }
3353
3354 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3355}
3356
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003357/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003358/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3359/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003360/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3361///
3362void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003363 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003364 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003365 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3366 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003367 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003369 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3370 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003371 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3372 }
3373 }
3374}
3375
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003376void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003377 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003378 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3379 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3380 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3381 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003382 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003383 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003384}
3385
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003386static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003387 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003388 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3389 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3390 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003391 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003392 S += 'b';
3393 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3394}
3395
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003396// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003397void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3398 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3399 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003400 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003401 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003402 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003403 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003404 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3405 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3406 char encoding;
3407 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003409 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3410 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3411 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3412 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3413 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3414 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003415 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3416 encoding =
3417 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003418 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003419 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3420 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3421 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3422 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3423 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3424 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003425 case BuiltinType::Long:
3426 encoding =
3427 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003428 break;
3429 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3430 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3431 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3432 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3433 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003434 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003435
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003436 S += encoding;
3437 return;
3438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003439
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003440 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003441 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003442 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003443 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003444 return;
3445 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003446
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003447 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003448 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3449 S += ':';
3450 return;
3451 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003452 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003453
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003454 bool isReadOnly = false;
3455 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3456 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3457 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003459 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003460 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3461 isReadOnly = true;
3462 S += 'r';
3463 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003464 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003465 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003466 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3467 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003468 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3469 isReadOnly = true;
3470 S += 'r';
3471 }
3472 }
3473 if (isReadOnly) {
3474 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3475 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3476 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3477 const char * s = S.c_str();
3478 int len = S.length();
3479 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3480 std::string replace = "rn";
3481 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3482 }
3483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003484
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003485 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3486 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3487 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003488 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003489 S += '*';
3490 return;
3491 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003492 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003493 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3494 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3495 S += '#';
3496 return;
3497 }
3498 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3499 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3500 S += '@';
3501 return;
3502 }
3503 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003504 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003505 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003506 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3507
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003508 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003509 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003510 return;
3511 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003513 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3514 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3515 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003516 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3517 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3518 S += '^';
3519
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003520 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003521 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3522 } else {
3523 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003525 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3526 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3527 else {
3528 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3529 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3530 S += '0';
3531 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003532
3533 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003534 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3535 S += ']';
3536 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003537 return;
3538 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003539
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003540 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003541 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003542 return;
3543 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003545 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003546 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003547 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003548 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3549 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3550 S += II->getName();
3551 } else {
3552 S += '?';
3553 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003554 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003555 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003556 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3557 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003558 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003559 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003560 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003561 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003562 S += '"';
3563 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003564
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003565 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003566 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003567 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003568 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003569 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003570 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3571 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003572 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003573 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003574 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003575 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003576 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003577 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003578 return;
3579 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003580
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003581 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003582 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3583 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3584 else
3585 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003586 return;
3587 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003588
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003589 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003590 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003591 return;
3592 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003593
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003594 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003595 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003597 S += '{';
3598 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3599 S += II->getName();
3600 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003601 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003602 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003603 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003604 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003605 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003606 RecFields[i]);
3607 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003608 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003609 FD);
3610 }
3611 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003612 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003613 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003614
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003615 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003616 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3617 S += '@';
3618 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003619 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003620
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003621 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3622 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3623 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3624 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003625 S += '#';
3626 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003627 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003628
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003629 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003631 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3632 ExpandStructures, FD);
3633 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3634 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3635 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003636 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003637 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3638 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003639 S += '<';
3640 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3641 S += '>';
3642 }
3643 S += '"';
3644 }
3645 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003646 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003647
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003648 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3649 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3650 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3651 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003652 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003653 // {...};
3654 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3656 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003657 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003658 return;
3659 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003660
3661 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003662 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003663 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003664 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003665 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3666 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003667 S += '<';
3668 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3669 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003671 S += '"';
3672 }
3673 return;
3674 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003675
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003676 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003677}
3678
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003679void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003680 std::string& S) const {
3681 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3682 S += 'n';
3683 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3684 S += 'N';
3685 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3686 S += 'o';
3687 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3688 S += 'O';
3689 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3690 S += 'R';
3691 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3692 S += 'V';
3693}
3694
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003695void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003696 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003697
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003698 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3699}
3700
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003701void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003702 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003703}
3704
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003705void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003706 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003707}
3708
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003709void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003710 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003711}
3712
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003713void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003714 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003715}
3716
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003717void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003718 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003719 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003721 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003722}
3723
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003724/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3725/// lookup.
3726TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(NamedDecl * const *Begin,
3727 NamedDecl * const *End) {
3728 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3729 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3730
3731 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3732 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3733 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3734
3735 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
3736 for (NamedDecl * const *I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
3737 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3738 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3739 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3740 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3741 *Storage++ = D;
3742 }
3743
3744 return TemplateName(OT);
3745}
3746
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003747/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3748/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003749TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003750 bool TemplateKeyword,
3751 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3752 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3753 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3754
3755 void *InsertPos = 0;
3756 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3757 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3758 if (!QTN) {
3759 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3760 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3761 }
3762
3763 return TemplateName(QTN);
3764}
3765
3766/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3767/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003769 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003770 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003771 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003772
3773 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3774 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3775
3776 void *InsertPos = 0;
3777 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3778 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3779
3780 if (QTN)
3781 return TemplateName(QTN);
3782
3783 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3784 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3785 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3786 } else {
3787 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3788 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3789 }
3790
3791 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3792 return TemplateName(QTN);
3793}
3794
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003795/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3796/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3797TemplateName
3798ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3799 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3800 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3801 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3802
3803 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3804 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3805
3806 void *InsertPos = 0;
3807 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3808 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3809
3810 if (QTN)
3811 return TemplateName(QTN);
3812
3813 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3814 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3815 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3816 } else {
3817 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3818 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3819 }
3820
3821 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3822 return TemplateName(QTN);
3823}
3824
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003825/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003826/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3827/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003828CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003829 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003830 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003831 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3832 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3833 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3834 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3835 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3836 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3837 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3838 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3839 }
3840
3841 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003842 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003843}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003844
3845//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3846// Type Predicates.
3847//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3848
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003849/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3850/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3851/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003852/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003853///
3854bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3855 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3856 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003857 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003858 return true;
3859 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003860 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003861}
3862
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003863/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3864/// garbage collection attribute.
3865///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003866Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3867 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003868 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3869 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003870 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003871 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003872 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003873 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003874 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003875 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003876 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003877 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003878 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003879 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003880 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3881 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003882 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003883 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003884 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003885 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003886}
3887
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003888//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3889// Type Compatibility Testing
3890//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003891
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003893/// compatible.
3894static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3895 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003896 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003897 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003898 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003899}
3900
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003901//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3902// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3903//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3904
3905/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3906/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003907bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3908 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003909 if (lProto == rProto)
3910 return true;
3911 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3912 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3913 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3914 return true;
3915 return false;
3916}
3917
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003918/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3919/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3920/// otherwise.
3921bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3922 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3923 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3924 return false;
3925}
3926
3927/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3928/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3929bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3930 bool compare) {
3931 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003932 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003933 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3934 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003935 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003936 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3937 return true;
3938
3939 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003940 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003941
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003942 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003943
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003944 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003945 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003946 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3947 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3948 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3949 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3950 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3951 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3952 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003953 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003954 return false;
3955 }
3956 }
3957 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3958 return true;
3959 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003960 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003961 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3962 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3963 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3964 bool match = false;
3965
3966 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3967 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3968 // through its super class and categories.
3969 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3970 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3971 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3972 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3973 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3974 match = true;
3975 break;
3976 }
3977 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003978 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003979 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3980 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3981 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3982 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3983 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3984 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3985 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003986 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003987 match = true;
3988 break;
3989 }
3990 }
3991 }
3992 if (!match)
3993 return false;
3994 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003995
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003996 return true;
3997 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003998
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003999 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4000 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4001
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004002 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004003 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4004 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4005 bool match = false;
4006 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4007 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4008 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4009 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4010 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4011 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004012 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004013 match = true;
4014 break;
4015 }
4016 }
4017 if (!match)
4018 return false;
4019 }
4020 return true;
4021 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004022 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004023 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4024 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4025 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4026 bool match = false;
4027
4028 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4029 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4030 // through its super class and categories.
4031 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4032 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4033 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4034 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4035 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4036 match = true;
4037 break;
4038 }
4039 }
4040 if (!match)
4041 return false;
4042 }
4043 return true;
4044 }
4045 return false;
4046}
4047
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004048/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004049/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4050/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4051///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004052bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4053 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004054 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4055 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004056 return true;
4057
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004058 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004059 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4060 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004061 false);
4062
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004063 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4064 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004065 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4066 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004067
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004068 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004069}
4070
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004071/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4072/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4073/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4074/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4075static
4076void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4077 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4078 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4079 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4080
4081 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4082 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4083
4084 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4085 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4086 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4087 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4088 else {
4089 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4090 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4091 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4092 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4093 }
4094
4095 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4096 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4097 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4098 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4099 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4100 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4101 }
4102 else {
4103 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4104 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4105 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4106 // be harmless.
4107 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4108 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4109 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4110 }
4111}
4112
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004113/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4114/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4115/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4116/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4117QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4118 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4119 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4120 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4121 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4122 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4123 return QualType();
4124
4125 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4126 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4127 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004128 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4129 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4130 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4131 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4132 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4133 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4134 else
4135 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4136 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4137 return LHSTy;
4138 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004139 }
4140
4141 return QualType();
4142}
4143
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004144bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4145 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004146 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4147 // the LHS.
4148 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4149 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004150
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004151 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4152 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004153 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004154 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004155
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004156 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4157 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004158 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004159 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004160
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004161 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4162 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004163 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4164 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4165
4166 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4167 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004168 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004169 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004170 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4171 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004172 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004173 break;
4174 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004175 }
4176 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4177 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4178 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004179 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004180 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4181 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004182}
4183
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004184bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4185 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004186 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4187 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004188
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004189 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004190 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004191
4192 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4193 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004194}
4195
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004197/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004198/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004199/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004200bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4201 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4202}
4203
4204QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004205 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4206 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004207 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4208 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004209 bool allLTypes = true;
4210 bool allRTypes = true;
4211
4212 // Check return type
4213 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4214 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004215 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4216 allLTypes = false;
4217 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4218 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004219 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004220 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4221 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4222 allLTypes = false;
4223 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4224 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004225
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004226 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004227 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4228 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004229 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4230 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4231
4232 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4233 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4234 return QualType();
4235
4236 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4237 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4238 return QualType();
4239
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004240 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4241 return QualType();
4242
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004243 // Check argument compatibility
4244 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4245 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4246 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4247 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4248 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4249 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4250 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004251 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4252 allLTypes = false;
4253 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4254 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004255 }
4256 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4257 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4258 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004259 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
4260 NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004261 }
4262
4263 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4264 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4265
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004266 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004267 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004268 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004269 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4270 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4271 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4272 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4273 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4274 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4275 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4276 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4277 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4278 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4279 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4280 return QualType();
4281 }
4282
4283 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4284 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4285 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004286 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
4287 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004288 }
4289
4290 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4291 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004292 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004293}
4294
4295QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004296 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4297 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4298 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004299 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4300 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004301 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4302 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004303 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4304 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004305 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004306 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004307 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004308 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004309
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004310 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4311 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4312
4313 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4314 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4315 return LHS;
4316
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004317 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004318 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4319 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004320 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4321 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4322 // mismatch.
4323 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4324 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4325 return QualType();
4326
4327 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4328 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4329 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4330 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4331 // qualified __strong.
4332 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4333 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4334 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4335
4336 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4337 return QualType();
4338
4339 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4340 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4341 }
4342 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4343 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4344 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004345 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004346 }
4347
4348 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004349
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004350 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4351 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004353 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4354 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4355 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4356 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004357
4358 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004359 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4360 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4361 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4362 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004363
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004364 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4365 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4366 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004367
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004368 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004369 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004370 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004372 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4373 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004374 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004375 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4376 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004377 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004378 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004379 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4380 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004381 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004382
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004383 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004384 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004385
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004386 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004387 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004388#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4389#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4390#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4391#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4392#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4393 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4394 return QualType();
4395
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004396 case Type::LValueReference:
4397 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004398 case Type::MemberPointer:
4399 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4400 return QualType();
4401
4402 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4403 case Type::VariableArray:
4404 case Type::FunctionProto:
4405 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004406 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4407 return QualType();
4408
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004409 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004410 {
4411 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004412 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4413 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004414 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4415 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004416 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004417 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004418 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004419 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004420 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4421 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004422 case Type::BlockPointer:
4423 {
4424 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004425 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4426 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004427 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4428 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4429 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4430 return LHS;
4431 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4432 return RHS;
4433 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4434 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004435 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004436 {
4437 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4438 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4439 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4440 return QualType();
4441
4442 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4443 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4444 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4445 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004446 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4447 return LHS;
4448 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4449 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004450 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4451 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4452 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4453 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004454 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4455 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004456 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4457 return LHS;
4458 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4459 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004460 if (LVAT) {
4461 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4462 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4463 // has to be different.
4464 return LHS;
4465 }
4466 if (RVAT) {
4467 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4468 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4469 // has to be different.
4470 return RHS;
4471 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004472 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4473 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004474 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4475 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004476 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004477 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004478 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004479 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004480 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004481 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004482 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004483 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004484 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004485 case Type::Complex:
4486 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4487 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004488 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004489 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004490 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004491 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004492 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004493 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004494 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004495 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4496 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004497 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4498 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004499 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4500 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4501 return LHS;
4502
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004503 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004504 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004505 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004506 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4507 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004508 return LHS;
4509
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004510 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004511 }
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004512 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
4513 // Distinct fixed-width integers are not compatible.
4514 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004515 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4516 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4517 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004518 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004519
4520 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004521}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004522
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004523//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004524// Integer Predicates
4525//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004526
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004527unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004528 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004529 return 1;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004530 if (FixedWidthIntType *FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) {
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004531 return FWIT->getWidth();
4532 }
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004533 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004534 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004535 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004536 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4537}
4538
4539QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4540 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004541
4542 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4543 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4544 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4545 VTy->getNumElements());
4546
4547 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4548 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004549 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004550
4551 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4552 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004553 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4554 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4555 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4556 return UnsignedCharTy;
4557 case BuiltinType::Short:
4558 return UnsignedShortTy;
4559 case BuiltinType::Int:
4560 return UnsignedIntTy;
4561 case BuiltinType::Long:
4562 return UnsignedLongTy;
4563 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4564 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004565 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4566 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004567 default:
4568 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4569 return QualType();
4570 }
4571}
4572
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004573ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4574
4575void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004576
4577
4578//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4579// Builtin Type Computation
4580//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4581
4582/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4583/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004584static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004585 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4586 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4587 // Modifiers.
4588 int HowLong = 0;
4589 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004590
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004591 // Read the modifiers first.
4592 bool Done = false;
4593 while (!Done) {
4594 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004595 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004596 case 'S':
4597 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4598 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4599 Signed = true;
4600 break;
4601 case 'U':
4602 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4603 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4604 Unsigned = true;
4605 break;
4606 case 'L':
4607 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4608 ++HowLong;
4609 break;
4610 }
4611 }
4612
4613 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004614
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004615 // Read the base type.
4616 switch (*Str++) {
4617 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4618 case 'v':
4619 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4620 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4621 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4622 break;
4623 case 'f':
4624 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4625 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4626 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4627 break;
4628 case 'd':
4629 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4630 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4631 if (HowLong)
4632 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4633 else
4634 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4635 break;
4636 case 's':
4637 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4638 if (Unsigned)
4639 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4640 else
4641 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4642 break;
4643 case 'i':
4644 if (HowLong == 3)
4645 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4646 else if (HowLong == 2)
4647 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4648 else if (HowLong == 1)
4649 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4650 else
4651 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4652 break;
4653 case 'c':
4654 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4655 if (Signed)
4656 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4657 else if (Unsigned)
4658 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4659 else
4660 Type = Context.CharTy;
4661 break;
4662 case 'b': // boolean
4663 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4664 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4665 break;
4666 case 'z': // size_t.
4667 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4668 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4669 break;
4670 case 'F':
4671 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4672 break;
4673 case 'a':
4674 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4675 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4676 break;
4677 case 'A':
4678 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4679 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4680 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4681 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4682 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4683 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4684 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4685 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4686 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4687 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4688 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4689 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4690 } else {
4691 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4692 }
4693 break;
4694 case 'V': {
4695 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004696 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4697 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004699 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004700
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004701 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4702 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4703 break;
4704 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004705 case 'X': {
4706 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4707 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4708 break;
4709 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004710 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004711 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4712 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004713 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004714 return QualType();
4715 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004716 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004717 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004718 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004719 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004720 else
4721 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4722
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004723 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004724 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004725 return QualType();
4726 }
4727 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004728 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004729
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004730 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4731 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004733 Done = false;
4734 while (!Done) {
4735 switch (*Str++) {
4736 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4737 case '*':
4738 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4739 break;
4740 case '&':
4741 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4742 break;
4743 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4744 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004745 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004746 break;
4747 }
4748 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004749
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004750 return Type;
4751}
4752
4753/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4754QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4755 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4756 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004757
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004758 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004759
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004760 Error = GE_None;
4761 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4762 if (Error != GE_None)
4763 return QualType();
4764 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4765 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4766 if (Error != GE_None)
4767 return QualType();
4768
4769 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4770 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4771 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004772
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004773 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4774 }
4775
4776 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4777 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4778
4779 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4780 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4781 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4782 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4783 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4784}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004785
4786QualType
4787ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4788 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4789 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4790 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4791 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4792 // equivalent.
4793 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4794 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4795 else
4796 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4797 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4798 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4799 else
4800 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4801
4802 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4803 if (lhs == rhs)
4804 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004805
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004806 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4807 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4808 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4809 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004810
4811 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4812
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004813 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4814 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4815 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004816 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004817 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4818 return lhs;
4819 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004820 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004821 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4822 return rhs;
4823 }
4824 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004825 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4826 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4827 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4828 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004829 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004830 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004831 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004832 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004833 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4834 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004835
4836 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004837 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004838 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004839 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004841 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4842 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4843 // does not require this promotion.
4844 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4845 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4846 return rhs;
4847 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4848 return lhs;
4849 }
4850 }
4851 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4852 }
4853 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4854 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4855 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4856 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4857 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4858 return lhs;
4859 }
4860 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4861 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4862 return getComplexType(lhs);
4863 }
4864 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4865 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4866 return rhs;
4867 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004868 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004869 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4870 return getComplexType(rhs);
4871 }
4872 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4873 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4874 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4875 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4876 return lhs;
4877 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4878 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4879 }
4880 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4881 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4882 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4883 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4884
4885 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004887 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4888 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4889 return rhs;
4890 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4891 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4892 return lhs;
4893 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4894 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4895 return rhs;
4896 }
4897 }
4898 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4899 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4900 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4901 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4902 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4903 QualType destType;
4904 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4905 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4906 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4907 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4908 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4909 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4910 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4911 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4912 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4913 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4914 // use the signed type.
4915 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4916 } else {
4917 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4918 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4919 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4920 // to the signed type.
4921 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4922 }
4923 return destType;
4924}